blob: 1a47340d69a163a2c8441d4ab62f109da0fa2c7a [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000026#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
27#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000041#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000042#include <algorithm>
43#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000044#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000045#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000046#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <set>
48#include <utility>
49#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000050
51using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000052using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000053
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000054namespace {
55 class UnqualUsingEntry {
56 const DeclContext *Nominated;
57 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059 public:
60 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
62 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
63 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000064
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000065 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
66 return CommonAncestor;
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
70 return Nominated;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
74 struct Comparator {
75 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
76 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
77 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000078
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000079 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
80 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
84 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
85 }
86 };
87 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000088
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000089 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
90 /// lookup.
91 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000092 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 ListTy list;
95 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000096
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000097 public:
98 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000099
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000100 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000101 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
103 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
104 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000105 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000107
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000108 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000109 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
110 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
111 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000112 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
114 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
115 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000116 Scope::udir_iterator I = S->using_directives_begin(),
117 End = S->using_directives_end();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000118 for (; I != End; ++I)
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000119 visit(*I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000120 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000121 }
122 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123
124 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
125 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
126 // declared in the context.
127 //
128 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
129 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
130 // the effective DCs right.
131 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
132 if (!visited.insert(DC))
133 return;
134
135 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
136 }
137
138 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
139 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
140 // were declared in the effective DC.
141 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
142 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
143 if (!visited.insert(NS))
144 return;
145
146 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
147 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
148 }
149
150 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
151 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
152 // the given effective context.
153 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000154 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000155 while (true) {
156 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, End;
157 for (llvm::tie(I, End) = DC->getUsingDirectives(); I != End; ++I) {
158 UsingDirectiveDecl *UD = *I;
159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
160 if (visited.insert(NS)) {
161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
200 std::pair<const_iterator,const_iterator>
201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000202 return std::equal_range(begin(), end(), DC->getPrimaryContext(),
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000203 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
204 }
205 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000206}
207
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000208// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
209// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000210static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
211 bool CPlusPlus,
212 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000213 unsigned IDNS = 0;
214 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000215 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000216 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000217 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000218 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000219 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000220 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000221 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000222 if (Redeclaration)
223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000224 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000225 if (Redeclaration)
226 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000227 break;
228
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000229 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
230 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
231 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
232 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
233 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
234 break;
235
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000236 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000237 if (CPlusPlus) {
238 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
239
240 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
241 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
242 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
243 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
244 // "overload" with tag decls.
245 if (Redeclaration)
246 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
247 } else {
248 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
249 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000250 break;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000251 case Sema::LookupLabel:
252 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
253 break;
254
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000255 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
256 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
257 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000259 break;
260
261 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000262 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
263 break;
264
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000265 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000266 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000268
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000269 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
270 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag
271 | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Using;
272 break;
273
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000274 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
275 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
276 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000277
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000278 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000280 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
281 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
282 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000283 }
284 return IDNS;
285}
286
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000287void LookupResult::configure() {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000288 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000289 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000290
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000291 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
292 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
293 // operators can be found.
294 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
295 case OO_New:
296 case OO_Delete:
297 case OO_Array_New:
298 case OO_Array_Delete:
299 SemaRef.DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
300 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000301
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000302 default:
303 break;
304 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000305
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000306 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
307 // up being declared.
308 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
309 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
310 if (!SemaRef.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
311 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000312 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000313 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000314}
315
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000316bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Daniel Dunbar9e19f132012-03-08 01:43:06 +0000317 // Note that this function is never called by NDEBUG builds. See
318 // LookupResult::sanity().
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000319 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
320 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
321 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
322 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
323 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
324 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
325 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000326 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
327 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000328 assert((Paths != NULL) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
329 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
330 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000331 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000332}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000333
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000334// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000335void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000336 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000337}
338
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000339/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
340/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000341static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000342 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
343 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
344 // those.
345 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
346 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
347 return DC;
348
349 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
350 // declaration must have been found there.
351 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
352}
353
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000354/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000355void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000356 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000357
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000358 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000359 if (N == 0) {
John McCall7fe6e9c2010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000360 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000361 return;
362 }
363
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000364 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
365 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000366 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000367 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
368 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000369 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000370 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000371 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
372 return;
373 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000374
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000375 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000376 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000377
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000378 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000379 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000380
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000381 bool Ambiguous = false;
382 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000383 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000384
385 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000386
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000387 unsigned I = 0;
388 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000389 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
390 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000391
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000392 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
393 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
394 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
395 continue;
396 }
397
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000398 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
399 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
400 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
401 // canonical type.
402 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
403 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
404 QualType T = SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
405 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T))) {
406 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
407 // at this index.
408 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
409 continue;
410 }
411 }
412 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000413
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000414 if (!Unique.insert(D)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000415 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
416 // continue at this index).
417 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000418 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000419 }
420
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000421 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000423 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
424 HasUnresolved = true;
425 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
426 if (HasTag)
427 Ambiguous = true;
428 UniqueTagIndex = I;
429 HasTag = true;
430 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
431 HasFunction = true;
432 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
433 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
434 HasFunction = true;
435 } else {
436 if (HasNonFunction)
437 Ambiguous = true;
438 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000439 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000440 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000442
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000443 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
444 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
445 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
446 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
447 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
448 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
449 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
450 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
451 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000452 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000453 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000454 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
455 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000456 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
457 else
458 Ambiguous = true;
459 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000460
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000461 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000462
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000463 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000464 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000465
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000466 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000467 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000468 else if (HasUnresolved)
469 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000470 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000471 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000472 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000473 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000474}
475
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000476void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000477 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000478 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000479 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
480 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000481 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000482}
483
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000484void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000485 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
486 Paths->swap(P);
487 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
488 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000489 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000490}
491
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000492void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000493 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
494 Paths->swap(P);
495 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
496 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000497 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000498}
499
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000500void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000501 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
502 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
503 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000504
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000505 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
506 Out << "\n";
507 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
508 }
509}
510
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000511/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
512/// fail.
513static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
514 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
515
516 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
517 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
518 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
519 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
520 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
521 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
522 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000523 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
524 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
525 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
526 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
527 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
528 return true;
529 }
530
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000531 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
532 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
533 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
534 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000535 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000536 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
537 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000538
539 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
540 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000541 R.isForRedeclaration(),
542 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000543 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000544 return true;
545 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000546 }
547 }
548 }
549
550 return false;
551}
552
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000553/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
554/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000555static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000556 // We need to have a definition for the class.
557 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
558 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000559
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000560 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000561 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000562}
563
564void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000565 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000566 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000567
568 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000569 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000570 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000571
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000572 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000573 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000574 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000575
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000576 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000577 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000578 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
579
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000580 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000581 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
582 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
583 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
584
585 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
586 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
587 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
588 }
589
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000590 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000591 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000592 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000593}
594
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000595/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000596/// special member function.
597static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
598 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000599 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000600 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
601 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000602
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000603 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
604 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000605
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000606 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000607 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000608 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000609
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000610 return false;
611}
612
613/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
614/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000615static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000616 DeclarationName Name,
617 const DeclContext *DC) {
618 if (!DC)
619 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000620
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000621 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000622 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
623 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000624 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000625 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000626 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000627 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000628 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000629 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000630 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000631 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
632 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000633 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000634 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000635
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000636 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
637 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000638 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000639 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000640 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000641 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000642
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000643 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
644 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
645 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000646
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000647 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000648 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000649 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000650 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000651 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000652 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000653 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
654 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
655 }
656 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000657 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000658
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000659 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000660 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000661 }
662}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000663
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000664// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
665// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000666static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000667 bool Found = false;
668
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000669 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000670 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000671 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000672
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000673 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000674 DeclContext::lookup_const_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
675 for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
676 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000677 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000678 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000679 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000680 Found = true;
681 }
682 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000683
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000684 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
685 return true;
686
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000687 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000688 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
689 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
690 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
691 return Found;
692
693 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000694 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000695 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
696 // context of the use are considered. [...]
697 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000698 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000699 return Found;
700
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000701 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
702 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000703 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
704 if (!ConvTemplate)
705 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000706
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000707 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000708 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
709 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000710 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
711 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
712 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
713 Found = true;
714 continue;
715 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000716
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000717 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000718 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
719 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000720 // name lookup.
721 //
722 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
723 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000724 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000725 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
726 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000727 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000728 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000729
730 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000731 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
732 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000733
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000734 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
735 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
736 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000737 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000738 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +0000739 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000740 EPI.NumExceptions = 0;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000741 QualType ExpectedType
742 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000743 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000744
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000745 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
746 // expect the function to have.
747 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, 0, ExpectedType,
748 Specialization, Info)
749 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
750 R.addDecl(Specialization);
751 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000752 }
753 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000754
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000755 return Found;
756}
757
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000758// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000759static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000760CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000761 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000762
763 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
764
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000765 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000766 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000767
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000768 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
769 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
770 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
771 llvm::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000772
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000773 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000774 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UI->getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000775 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000776
777 R.resolveKind();
778
779 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000780}
781
782static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000783 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000784 return Ctx->isFileContext();
785 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000786}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000787
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000788// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
789// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
790// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
791// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
792// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
793// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
794// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
795static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000796 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000797 DeclContext *Lexical = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000798 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000799 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
800 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000801 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000802 break;
803 }
804 }
805
806 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
807 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
808 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
809 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
810 // a member of this namespace.
811 //
812 // Example:
813 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000814 // namespace N {
815 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000816 //
817 // template<class T> class B {
818 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000819 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000820 // }
821 //
822 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
823 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
824 // }
825 //
826 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
827 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000828 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000829 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
830 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
831
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000832 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000833 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
834 // template<class C>.
835 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
836 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
837 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
838 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000839
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000840 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
841 // the example, this is namespace N.
842 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
843 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
844 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000845
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000846 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
847 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
848 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
849 // example, this is the global scope.
850 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
851 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
852 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
853
854 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000855}
856
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000857namespace {
858/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
859/// declarations.
860struct FindLocalExternScope {
861 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
862 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
863 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
864 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
865 }
866 void restore() {
867 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
868 }
869 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
870 restore();
871 }
872 LookupResult &R;
873 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
874};
875}
876
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000877bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000878 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000879
880 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000881 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000882
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000883 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
884 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
885 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
886 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000887 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000888 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
889 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000890
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000891 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
892 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
893
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000894 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000896 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
897 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000898
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000899 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000900 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000901 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
902 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
903 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000904 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000906 //
907 // For example:
908 // namespace A { int i; }
909 // void foo() {
910 // int i;
911 // {
912 // using namespace A;
913 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
914 // }
915 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000916 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000917 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
918 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000919 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000920 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000921
922 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
923 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
924
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000925 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000926 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000927
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000928 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000929 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000930 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000931 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000932 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
933 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
934 // out-of-scope.
935 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
936 LeftStartingScope = true;
937
938 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000939 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
940 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
941 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
942 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000943 R.setShadowed();
944 continue;
945 }
946 }
947
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000948 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000949 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000950 }
951 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000952 if (Found) {
953 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000954 if (S->isClassScope())
955 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
956 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000957 return true;
958 }
959
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000960 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000961 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
962 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
963 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
964 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
965 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
966 return false;
967 }
968
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000969 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
970 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
971 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000972 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000973 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
974 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
975 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
976 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
977 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
978 }
979
980 if (Ctx) {
981 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
982 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
983 llvm::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
984 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
985 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
986
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000987 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000988 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
989 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
990 // non-transparent context.
991 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000992 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000993
994 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
995 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
996 // function/method are present within the Scope.
997 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
998 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
999 // in the corresponding interface.
1000 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1001 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1002 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1003 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1004 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001005 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001006 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001007 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1008 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001009 R.resolveKind();
1010 return true;
1011 }
1012 }
1013 }
1014 }
1015
1016 continue;
1017 }
1018
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001019 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1020 // lookup considering using directives.
1021 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001022 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1023 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1024 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001025 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1026 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1027 continue;
1028
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001029 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001030 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001031
1032 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1033 // from local scopes.
1034 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1035 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1036 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1037 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1038 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1039
1040 UDirs.done();
1041
1042 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1043 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001044
1045 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1046 R.resolveKind();
1047 return true;
1048 }
1049
1050 continue;
1051 }
1052
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001053 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1054 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1055 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1056 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1057 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1058 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001059 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001060 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001061 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001062 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001063 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001064
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001065 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1066 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1067 if (!S) return false;
1068
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001069 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001070 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001071 return false;
1072
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001073 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001074 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001075 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001076 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1077 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001078 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1079 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1080 UDirs.done();
1081 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001082
1083 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1084 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1085 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1086 FindLocals.restore();
1087
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001088 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001089 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1090 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1091 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1092 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001093 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001094 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001095 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001096 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001097 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1098 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1099 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1100 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001101 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001102 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001103 }
1104 }
1105
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001106 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001107 R.resolveKind();
1108 return true;
1109 }
1110
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001111 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001112 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1113 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1114 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001115 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001116 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1117 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1118 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1119 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
1120 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = 0;
1121 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001122
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001123 if (Ctx) {
1124 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1125 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
1126 llvm::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
1127 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1128 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1129
1130 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1131 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1132 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1133 // non-transparent context.
1134 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1135 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001136
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001137 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1138 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1139 // look into that context.
1140 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1141 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1142 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001143
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001144 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1145 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1146 Found = true;
1147 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001148
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001149 if (Found) {
1150 R.resolveKind();
1151 return true;
1152 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001153
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001154 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1155 return false;
1156 }
1157 }
1158
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001159 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001160 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001161 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001162
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001163 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001164}
1165
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001166/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1167/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1168static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1169 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1170}
1171
1172/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
1173static Module *getDefiningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1174 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1175 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1176 // the module containing the pattern.
1177 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1178 Entity = Pattern;
1179 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
1180 // If it's a class template specialization, find the template or partial
1181 // specialization from which it was instantiated.
1182 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecRD =
1183 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
1184 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*,
1185 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> From =
1186 SpecRD->getInstantiatedFrom();
1187 if (ClassTemplateDecl *FromTemplate = From.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>())
1188 Entity = FromTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1189 else if (From)
1190 Entity = From.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*>();
1191 // Otherwise, it's an explicit specialization.
1192 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo =
1193 RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1194 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(RD, MSInfo);
1195 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1196 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1197 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1198 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1199 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1200 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1201 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1202 }
1203
1204 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1205 // from a template.
1206 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1207 if (Context->isFileContext())
1208 return Entity->getOwningModule();
1209 return getDefiningModule(cast<Decl>(Context));
1210}
1211
1212llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1213 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1214 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1215 I != N; ++I) {
1216 Module *M = getDefiningModule(ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
1217 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
1218 M = 0;
1219 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1220 }
1221 return LookupModulesCache;
1222}
1223
1224/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1225///
1226/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1227/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1228/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1229/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1230/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1231/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1232bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1233 assert(D->isHidden() && !SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1234 "should not call this: not in slow case");
1235 Module *DeclModule = D->getOwningModule();
1236 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1237
1238 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1239 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1240 if (LookupModules.empty())
1241 return false;
1242
1243 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1244 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1245 return true;
1246
1247 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1248 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1249 return false;
1250
1251 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1252 // the lookup set.
1253 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1254 E = LookupModules.end();
1255 I != E; ++I)
1256 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1257 return true;
1258 return false;
1259}
1260
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001261/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1262///
1263/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1264/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1265/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001266///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001267/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1268/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001269static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1270 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001271
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001272 for (Decl::redecl_iterator RD = D->redecls_begin(), RDEnd = D->redecls_end();
1273 RD != RDEnd; ++RD) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00001274 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*RD)) {
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001275 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001276 return ND;
1277 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001278 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001279
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001280 return 0;
1281}
1282
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001283NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
1284 return findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, D);
1285}
1286
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001287/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1288/// scope.
1289///
1290/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1291/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1292/// @code
1293/// int x;
1294/// int f() {
1295/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1296/// }
1297/// @endcode
1298///
1299/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1300/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1301/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1302/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1303/// class LookupCriteria.
1304///
1305/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1306/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1307/// in the parent scopes.
1308///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001309/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1310/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1311/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1312/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001313///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001314/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001315bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1316 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001317 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001318
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001319 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1320
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001321 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001322 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1323 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001324 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001325 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1326 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001327 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001328 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001329 }
1330
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001331 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1332 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1333
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001334 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1335 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1336 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1337 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001338 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1339
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001340 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001341 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001342 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001343 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001344 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1345 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1346 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001347 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001348 LeftStartingScope = true;
1349
1350 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1351 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001352 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1353 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001354 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001355 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001356 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001357 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1358 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1359 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001360
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001361 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001362
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001363 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1364 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001365 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001366 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1367 // actually exists in a Scope).
1368 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1369 S = S->getParent();
1370
1371 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1372 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1373 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1374 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
1375 S = 0;
1376
1377 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
1378 DeclContext *DC = 0;
1379 if (!S)
1380 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1381
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001382 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1383 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001384 if (S) {
1385 // Match based on scope.
1386 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1387 break;
1388 } else {
1389 // Match based on DeclContext.
1390 DeclContext *LastDC
1391 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1392 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1393 break;
1394 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001395
1396 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1397 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1398 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001399 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001400
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001401 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001402 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001403
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001404 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001405 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001406 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001407 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001408 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001409 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001410 }
1411
1412 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1413 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1414 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001415 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1416 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001417
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001418 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1419 // may be able to handle the situation.
1420 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1421 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1422 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001423}
1424
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001425/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1426/// using directives by the given context.
1427///
1428/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001429/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001430/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1431/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1432/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1433/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1434/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1435/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1436/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1437/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1438/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1439/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1440/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1441/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001442///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001443/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1444/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1445/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1446/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1447/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1448/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1449/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1450/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1451/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001452static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001453 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001454 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1455
1456 DeclContext::udir_iterator I = StartDC->using_directives_begin();
1457 DeclContext::udir_iterator E = StartDC->using_directives_end();
1458
1459 if (I == E) return false;
1460
1461 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001462 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001463 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1464
1465 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1466 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001467 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001468
1469 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1470 // with its using-children.
1471 for (; I != E; ++I) {
John McCallb8be78b2009-11-10 09:25:37 +00001472 NamespaceDecl *ND = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001473 if (Visited.insert(ND))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001474 Queue.push_back(ND);
1475 }
1476
1477 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1478 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1479 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1480 // a tag.
1481 bool FoundTag = false;
1482 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1483
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001484 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001485
1486 bool Found = false;
1487 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001488 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001489
1490 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1491 // between LookupResults.
1492 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001493 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001494 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001495
1496 if (FoundDirect) {
1497 // First do any local hiding.
1498 DirectR.resolveKind();
1499
1500 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1501 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1502 FoundTag = true;
1503 else
1504 FoundNonTag = true;
1505
1506 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1507 if (UseLocal) {
1508 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1509 LocalR.clear();
1510 }
1511 }
1512
1513 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1514 if (FoundDirect) {
1515 Found = true;
1516 continue;
1517 }
1518
1519 for (llvm::tie(I,E) = ND->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
1520 NamespaceDecl *Nom = (*I)->getNominatedNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001521 if (Visited.insert(Nom))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001522 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1523 }
1524 }
1525
1526 if (Found) {
1527 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1528 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1529 else
1530 R.resolveKind();
1531 }
1532
1533 return Found;
1534}
1535
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001536/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001537static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001538 CXXBasePath &Path,
1539 void *Name) {
1540 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001541
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001542 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1543 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001544 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001545}
1546
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001547/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001548/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1549template<typename InputIterator>
1550static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1551 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1552 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1553 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001554
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001555 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1556 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1557 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1558 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1559 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001560
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001561 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1562 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1563 break;
1564 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001565
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001566 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1567 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1568 break;
1569 }
1570 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001571
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001572 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1573 return true;
1574 }
1575
1576 return false;
1577}
1578
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001579/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001580///
1581/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1582/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001583/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001584///
1585/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1586/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1587/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1588/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1589/// class LookupCriteria.
1590///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001591/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1592///
1593/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001594/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1595/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1596///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001597/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001598/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001599///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001600/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1601bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1602 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001603 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001604
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001605 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001606 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001608 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1609 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1610 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001611 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001612 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001613 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001614
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001615 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001616 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001617 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001618 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1619 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001620 return true;
1621 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001622
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001623 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1624 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1625 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1626 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1627 // for the namespace member has the form
1628 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1629 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1630 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1631 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001632 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001633 return false;
1634
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001635 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001636 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001637 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001638
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001639 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001640 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001641 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001642 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001643 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001644
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001645 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1646 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001647 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001648 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1649 // or we have to fail.
1650 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1651 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1652 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1653 return false;
1654 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001655
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001656 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001657 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1658 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001659
1660 // Look for this member in our base classes
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001661 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = 0;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001662 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001663 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001664 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1665 case LookupMemberName:
1666 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001667 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001668 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1669 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001670
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001671 case LookupTagName:
1672 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1673 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001674
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001675 case LookupAnyName:
1676 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1677 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001678
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001679 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1680 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001681
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001682 case LookupOperatorName:
1683 case LookupNamespaceName:
1684 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001685 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001686 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001687 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001688
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001689 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1690 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1691 break;
1692 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001693
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001694 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1695 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001696 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001697
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001698 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1699
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001700 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1701 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1702 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1703 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1704 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1705 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001706 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001707 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001708 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001709
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001710 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001711 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001712 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001713
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001714 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1715 // across all paths.
1716 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001717
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001718 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1719 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001720 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001721 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1722 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001723 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001724 }
1725
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001726 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001727 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1728 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001729 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
1730 // this lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001731 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001732 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001733 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1734 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001735
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001736 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1737 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001738 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1739 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1740 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001741
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001742 ++FirstD;
1743 ++CurrentD;
1744 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001745
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001746 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1747 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001748 continue;
1749 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001750
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001751 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1752 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001753 }
1754
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001755 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001756 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1757
1758 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1759 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1760 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001762 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001763 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001764
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001765 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1766 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001767 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1768 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001769 }
1770 }
1771
1772 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1773
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001774 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = Paths.front().Decls;
1775 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001776 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1777 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1778 D->getAccess());
1779 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1780 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001781 R.resolveKind();
1782 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001783}
1784
1785/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1786/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1787///
1788/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1789/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1790/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1791/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
1792/// respectively) on the given name and return those results.
1793///
1794/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1795/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001797/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001798///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001799/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1800/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1801///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001802/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001803bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001804 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001805 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1806 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001807 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001808 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001809 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001810
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001811 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1812 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001813 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001814 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001815 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001816 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001817
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001818 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001819 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001820 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001821
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001822 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001824 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001825 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1826 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001827 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001828 }
1829
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001831 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001832}
1833
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001834
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001835/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001836/// from name lookup.
1837///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001838/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001839void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001840 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1841
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001842 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1843 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1844 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1845
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001846 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1847 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1848 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1849 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1850 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1851 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1852 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001853
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001854 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001855 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1856 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
1857 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001858
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001859 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001860 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001861 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001862
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001863 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001864 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
1865 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001866
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001867 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001868 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001869 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
1870 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001871 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001872 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001873 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
1874 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
1875 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001876 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001877 }
1878
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001879 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
1880 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00001881
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001882 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
1883
1884 LookupResult::iterator DI, DE = Result.end();
1885 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1886 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(*DI)) {
1887 TagDecls.insert(TD);
1888 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
1889 }
1890
1891 for (DI = Result.begin(); DI != DE; ++DI)
1892 if (!isa<TagDecl>(*DI))
1893 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
1894
1895 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001896 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
1897 while (F.hasNext()) {
1898 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
1899 F.erase();
1900 }
1901 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001902 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001903 }
1904
1905 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
1906 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001907
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001908 LookupResult::iterator DI = Result.begin(), DE = Result.end();
1909 for (; DI != DE; ++DI)
1910 Diag((*DI)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << *DI;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001911 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001912 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001913 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001914}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001915
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001916namespace {
1917 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001918 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001919 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1920 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001921 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
1922 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001923 }
1924
1925 Sema &S;
1926 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
1927 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001928 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001929 };
1930}
1931
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001932static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001933addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001934
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001935static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1936 DeclContext *Ctx) {
1937 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
1938
1939 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
1940 // be a locally scoped record.
1941
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00001942 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
1943 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
1944 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
1945 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
1946 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001947 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
1948
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001949 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001950 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001951}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001952
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001953// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001954// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001956addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1957 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001958 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001960 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
1961 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1962 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001963
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001964 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1965 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
1966 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
1967 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001968 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001969 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001971 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001972 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001973 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
1974 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001975 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001976 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001978 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001979 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
1980 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001981 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001982 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001983 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001984 }
1985 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001986 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001987
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001988 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001989 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1990 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00001991 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001992 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001993 // associated namespaces. ]
1994 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001996 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
1997 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = Arg.pack_begin(),
1998 PEnd = Arg.pack_end();
1999 P != PEnd; ++P)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002000 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, *P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002001 break;
2002 }
2003}
2004
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002005// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002006// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2007// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2008static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002009addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2010 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2011
2012 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2013 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2014 return;
2015
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002016 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2017 // [...]
2018 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2019 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2020 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2021 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002023
2024 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2025 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2026 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002027 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002028 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002029 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002031 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2032 // need to visit base classes.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002033 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002034 return;
2035
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2037 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002038 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002039 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002040 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2042 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2043 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002044 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002045 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002046 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2047 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2048 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002049 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002050 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002051 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002052
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002053 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2054 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002055 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002056 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002057
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002058 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
2059 if (!Class->hasDefinition()) {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002060 QualType type = Result.S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Class);
2061 if (Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, type,
2062 /*no diagnostic*/ 0))
2063 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002064 }
2065
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002066 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2067 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002068 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002069 Bases.push_back(Class);
2070 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2071 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002072 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002073
2074 // Visit the base classes.
2075 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = Class->bases_begin(),
2076 BaseEnd = Class->bases_end();
2077 Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002078 const RecordType *BaseType = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002079 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2080 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2081 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2082 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2083 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2084 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2085 if (!BaseType)
2086 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002087 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002088 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002089 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2090 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002091 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002092
2093 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2094 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2095 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2096 }
2097 }
2098 }
2099}
2100
2101// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2102// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002103// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2104static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002105addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002106 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2107 //
2108 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2109 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2110 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2111 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2112 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2113 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2114 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2115 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002116
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002117 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002118 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2119
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002120 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002121 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2122
2123#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2124#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2125#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2126#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2127#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2128#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2129 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2130 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2131 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2132 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2133 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002134 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002135
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002136 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2137 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2138 case Type::Pointer:
2139 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2140 continue;
2141 case Type::ConstantArray:
2142 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2143 case Type::VariableArray:
2144 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2145 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002146
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002147 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2148 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2149 case Type::Builtin:
2150 break;
2151
2152 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2153 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2154 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2155 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2156 // which its associated classes are defined.
2157 case Type::Record: {
2158 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2159 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002160 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002161 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002162 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002163
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002164 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2165 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002166 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002167 // it has no associated class.
2168 case Type::Enum: {
2169 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002170
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002171 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2172 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002173 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002174
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002175 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002176 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002177
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002178 break;
2179 }
2180
2181 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2182 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2183 // types and those associated with the return type.
2184 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2185 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002186 for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator
2187 Arg = Proto->param_type_begin(),
2188 ArgEnd = Proto->param_type_end();
2189 Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg)
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002190 Queue.push_back(Arg->getTypePtr());
2191 // fallthrough
2192 }
2193 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2194 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002195 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002196 continue;
2197 }
2198
2199 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2200 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2201 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2202 // together with those associated with X.
2203 //
2204 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2205 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2206 // with the member type together with those associated with
2207 // X.
2208 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2209 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2210
2211 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2212 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2213
2214 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2215 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2216 continue;
2217 }
2218
2219 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2220 case Type::BlockPointer:
2221 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2222 continue;
2223
2224 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2225 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2226 case Type::LValueReference:
2227 case Type::RValueReference:
2228 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2229 continue;
2230
2231 // These are fundamental types.
2232 case Type::Vector:
2233 case Type::ExtVector:
2234 case Type::Complex:
2235 break;
2236
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002237 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2238 case Type::Auto:
2239 break;
2240
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002241 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2242 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2243 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002244 case Type::ObjCObject:
2245 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2246 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002247 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002248 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002249
2250 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2251 // contained type.
2252 case Type::Atomic:
2253 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2254 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002255 }
2256
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002257 if (Queue.empty())
2258 break;
2259 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002260 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002261}
2262
2263/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2264/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2265/// arguments.
2266///
2267/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002268/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002269/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002270void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2271 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2272 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2273 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002274 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2275 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2276
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002277 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2278 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002279
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002280 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2281 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2282 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2283 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2284 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2285 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002287 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002288 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2289
2290 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002291 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002292 continue;
2293 }
2294
2295 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2296 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2297 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2298 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2299 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2300 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2301 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002302 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002303 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002304 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002305 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002306
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002307 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2308 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002309
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002310 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end();
2311 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002312 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002313 FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002314
2315 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2316 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002317 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002318 }
2319 }
2320}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002321
2322/// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is
2323/// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose
2324/// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine
2325/// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning
2326/// enumeration types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002327static bool
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002328IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn,
2329 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2330 ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002331 if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType()))
2332 return true;
2333
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002334 if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType()))
2335 return true;
2336
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002337 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002338 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1)
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002339 return false;
2340
2341 if (T1->isEnumeralType()) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002342 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002343 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType))
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002344 return true;
2345 }
2346
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002347 if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2)
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002348 return false;
2349
2350 if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002351 QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType();
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002352 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType))
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002353 return true;
2354 }
2355
2356 return false;
2357}
2358
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002359NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002360 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002361 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2362 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002363 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002364 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002365 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002366}
2367
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002368/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002369ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002370 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2371 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002372 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002373 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002374 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2375}
2376
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002377void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002378 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002379 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002380 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2381 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2382 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2383 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2384 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
2385 // functions are ignored. However, if no operand has a class
2386 // type, only those non-member functions in the lookup set
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002387 // that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to
2388 // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002389 // type, or (if there is a right operand) a second parameter
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00002390 // of type T2 or "reference to (possibly cv-qualified) T2",
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002391 // when T2 is an enumeration type, are candidate functions.
2392 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002393 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2394 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002396 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
2397
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002398 if (Operators.empty())
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002399 return;
2400
2401 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Operators.begin(), OpEnd = Operators.end();
2402 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002403 NamedDecl *Found = (*Op)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2404 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002405 if (IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(FD, T1, T2, Context))
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002406 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess()); // FIXME: canonical FD
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002408 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Found)) {
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002409 // FIXME: friend operators?
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410 // FIXME: do we need to check IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002411 // later?
2412 if (!FunTmpl->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
Douglas Gregor645d76f2010-04-25 20:25:43 +00002413 Functions.addDecl(*Op, Op.getAccess());
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002414 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002415 }
2416}
2417
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002418Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002419 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2420 bool ConstArg,
2421 bool VolatileArg,
2422 bool RValueThis,
2423 bool ConstThis,
2424 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002425 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002426 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002427 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002428 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2429 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2430 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2431 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2432 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2433 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2434
2435 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002436 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002437 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2438 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2439 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2440 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2441 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2442 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2443
2444 void *InsertPoint;
2445 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2446 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2447
2448 // This was already cached
2449 if (Result)
2450 return Result;
2451
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002452 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2453 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002454 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2455
2456 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002457 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002458 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2459 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002460 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2461 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002462 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2463 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002464 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002465 return Result;
2466 }
2467
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002468 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2469 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002470 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002471 DeclarationName Name;
2472 Expr *Arg = 0;
2473 unsigned NumArgs;
2474
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002475 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2476 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2477
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002478 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2479 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2480 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002481 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2482 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002483 } else {
2484 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2485 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002486 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002487 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002488 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002489 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002490 } else {
2491 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002492 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002493 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002494 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002495 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002496 }
2497
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002498 if (ConstArg)
2499 ArgType.addConst();
2500 if (VolatileArg)
2501 ArgType.addVolatile();
2502
2503 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2504 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2505 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2506 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2507 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2508 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2509 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002510 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002511 VK = VK_LValue;
2512 else
2513 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002514 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002515
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002516 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2517
2518 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002519 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002520 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002521 }
2522
2523 // Create the object argument
2524 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2525 if (ConstThis)
2526 ThisTy.addConst();
2527 if (VolatileThis)
2528 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002529 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002530 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2531 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002532
2533 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2534 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2535 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Nick Lewycky56412332014-01-11 02:37:12 +00002536 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation());
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002537 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002538 assert(!R.empty() &&
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002539 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002540
2541 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2542 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2543 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2544
2545 for (SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *>::iterator I = Candidates.begin(),
Richard Smithd55889a2013-09-09 16:55:27 +00002546 E = Candidates.end();
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002547 I != E; ++I) {
2548 NamedDecl *Cand = *I;
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002549
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002550 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002551 continue;
2552
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002553 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2554 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2555 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2556 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2557 // either.
2558 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2559
2560 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2561 continue;
2562 }
2563
2564 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002565 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002566 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002567 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2568 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002569 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002570 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2571 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002572 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002573 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002574 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2575 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002576 RD, 0, ThisTy, Classification,
2577 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002578 OCS, true);
2579 else
2580 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002581 0, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2582 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002583 } else {
2584 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002585 }
2586 }
2587
2588 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2589 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2590 case OR_Success:
2591 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002592 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002593 break;
2594
2595 case OR_Deleted:
2596 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002597 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002598 break;
2599
2600 case OR_Ambiguous:
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002601 Result->setMethod(0);
2602 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2603 break;
2604
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002605 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2606 Result->setMethod(0);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002607 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002608 break;
2609 }
2610
2611 return Result;
2612}
2613
2614/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2615CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002616 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002617 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2618 false, false);
2619
2620 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002621}
2622
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002623/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2624CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002625 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002626 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2627 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2628 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2629 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2630 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2631
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002632 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2633}
2634
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002635/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002636CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2637 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002638 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002639 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2640 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002641
2642 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2643}
2644
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002645/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2646DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002647 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002648 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002649 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002650 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002651 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002652 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002653 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002654 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002655 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002656
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002657 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2658 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2659 return Class->lookup(Name);
2660}
2661
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002662/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2663CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2664 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002665 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002666 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2667 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2668 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2669 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2670 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2671 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2672 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2673 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2674 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2675
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002676 return Result->getMethod();
2677}
2678
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002679/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2680CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002681 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002682 bool RValueThis,
2683 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2684 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2685 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2686 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002687 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2688 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002689 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2690 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2691
2692 return Result->getMethod();
2693}
2694
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002695/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2696///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002697/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2698/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002699///
2700/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2701CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002702 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2703 false, false, false,
2704 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002705}
2706
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002707/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2708/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2709///
2710/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2711/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2712/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2713Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2714Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2715 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002716 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2717 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002718 LookupName(R, S);
2719 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2720 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2721
2722 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2723 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2724
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002725 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002726 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2727 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002728 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2729
2730 while (F.hasNext()) {
2731 Decl *D = F.next();
2732 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2733 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2734
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002735 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2736 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2737 F.erase();
2738 continue;
2739 }
2740
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002741 bool IsRaw = false;
2742 bool IsTemplate = false;
2743 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2744 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2745
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002746 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2747 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2748 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2749 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002750 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002751 IsExactMatch = true;
2752 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2753 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2754 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2755 IsExactMatch = false;
2756 break;
2757 }
2758 }
2759 }
2760 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002761 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2762 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2763 if (Params->size() == 1)
2764 IsTemplate = true;
2765 else
2766 IsStringTemplate = true;
2767 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002768
2769 if (IsExactMatch) {
2770 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002771 AllowRaw = false;
2772 AllowTemplate = false;
2773 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2774 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002775 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2776 // already found.
2777 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002778 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002779 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002780 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2781 FoundRaw = true;
2782 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2783 FoundTemplate = true;
2784 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2785 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002786 } else {
2787 F.erase();
2788 }
2789 }
2790
2791 F.done();
2792
2793 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2794 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2795 // or literal operator template.
2796 if (FoundExactMatch)
2797 return LOLR_Cooked;
2798
2799 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2800 // operator template, but not both.
2801 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2802 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002803 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2804 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002805 return LOLR_Error;
2806 }
2807
2808 if (FoundRaw)
2809 return LOLR_Raw;
2810
2811 if (FoundTemplate)
2812 return LOLR_Template;
2813
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002814 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2815 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2816
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002817 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2818 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2819 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002820 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2821 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002822 return LOLR_Error;
2823}
2824
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002825void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2826 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2827
2828 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2829 // was exactly this one, we're done.
2830 if (Old == 0 || Old == New) {
2831 Old = New;
2832 return;
2833 }
2834
2835 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002836 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2837 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002838
2839 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2840 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002841 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002842
2843 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2844 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2845 if (!Cursor) return;
2846
2847 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2848 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2849
2850 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2851 }
2852
2853 Old = New;
2854}
2855
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002856void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002857 SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
Richard Smithb6626742012-10-18 17:56:02 +00002858 ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002859 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2860 // arguments we have.
2861 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2862 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002863 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002864 AssociatedNamespaces,
2865 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002866
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002867 QualType T1, T2;
2868 if (Operator) {
2869 T1 = Args[0]->getType();
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002870 if (Args.size() >= 2)
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002871 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2872 }
2873
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002874 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002875 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2876 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2877 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2878 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2879 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2880 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2881 // is the union of X and Y.
2882 //
2883 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2884 // candidate set.
2885 for (AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator NS = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002886 NSEnd = AssociatedNamespaces.end();
2887 NS != NSEnd; ++NS) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002888 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2889 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2890 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2891 //
2892 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2893 // ignored.
2894 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002895 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002896 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2897 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2898 // lookup (11.4).
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002899 DeclContext::lookup_result R = (*NS)->lookup(Name);
2900 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
2901 ++I) {
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002902 NamedDecl *D = *I;
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002903 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2904 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002905 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2906 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2907 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2908 continue;
2909
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002910 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2911 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2912 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2913 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2914 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2915 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2916 break;
2917 }
2918 }
2919 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002920 continue;
2921 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002923 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2924 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002925
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002926 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2927 if (Operator &&
2928 !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(cast<FunctionDecl>(D),
2929 T1, T2, Context))
2930 continue;
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002931 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2932 continue;
2933
2934 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002935 }
2936 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002937}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002938
2939//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2940// Search for all visible declarations.
2941//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2942VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
2943
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00002944bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
2945
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002946namespace {
2947
2948class ShadowContextRAII;
2949
2950class VisibleDeclsRecord {
2951public:
2952 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
2953 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
2954 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002955 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002956
2957private:
2958 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
2959 /// this name within a particular scope.
2960 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
2961
2962 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
2963 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
2964
2965 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
2966 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
2967
2968 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
2969
2970public:
2971 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
2972 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
2973 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2974 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx);
2975 }
2976
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002977 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2978 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
2979 }
2980
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002981 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
2982 /// current scope.
2983 ///
2984 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
2985 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
2986 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
2987
2988 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002989 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
2990 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
2991 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002992};
2993
2994/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
2995class ShadowContextRAII {
2996 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
2997
2998 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
2999
3000public:
3001 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
3002 Visible.ShadowMaps.push_back(ShadowMap());
3003 }
3004
3005 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003006 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3007 }
3008};
3009
3010} // end anonymous namespace
3011
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003012NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003013 // Look through using declarations.
3014 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003015
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003016 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3017 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3018 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3019 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3020 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3021 if (Pos == SM->end())
3022 continue;
3023
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003024 for (ShadowMapEntry::iterator I = Pos->second.begin(),
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003025 IEnd = Pos->second.end();
3026 I != IEnd; ++I) {
3027 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +00003028 if ((*I)->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003029 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003030 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3031 continue;
3032
3033 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
3034 if ((((*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
3035 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
3036 (*I)->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
3037 continue;
3038
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003039 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3040 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3041 // signatures!
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003042 if ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
3043 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003044 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003045 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003046
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003047 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
3048 return *I;
3049 }
3050 }
3051
3052 return 0;
3053}
3054
3055static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3056 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003057 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003058 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3059 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003060 if (!Ctx)
3061 return;
3062
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003063 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3064 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3065 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003066
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003067 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3068 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3069
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003070 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +00003071 for (DeclContext::all_lookups_iterator L = Ctx->lookups_begin(),
3072 LEnd = Ctx->lookups_end();
3073 L != LEnd; ++L) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00003074 DeclContext::lookup_result R = *L;
3075 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E;
3076 ++I) {
3077 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003078 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003079 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003080 Visited.add(ND);
3081 }
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003082 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003083 }
3084 }
3085
3086 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3087 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3088 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3089 DeclContext::udir_iterator I, E;
3090 for (llvm::tie(I, E) = Ctx->getUsingDirectives(); I != E; ++I) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003091 LookupVisibleDecls((*I)->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003092 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003093 }
3094 }
3095
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003096 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003097 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003098 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3099 return;
3100
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003101 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator B = Record->bases_begin(),
3102 BEnd = Record->bases_end();
3103 B != BEnd; ++B) {
3104 QualType BaseType = B->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003105
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003106 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3107 // there anyway.
3108 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3109 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003110
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003111 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3112 if (!Record)
3113 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003114
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003115 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3116 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3117 //
3118 // struct A { int member; };
3119 // struct B { int member; };
3120 // struct C : A, B { };
3121 //
3122 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3123 //
3124 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3125 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3126 // class, e.g.,
3127 //
3128 // c->B::member
3129 //
3130 // or
3131 //
3132 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003133
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003134 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3135 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3136 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003137 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003138 }
3139 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003140
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003141 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3142 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3143 // Traverse categories.
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003144 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator
3145 Cat = IFace->visible_categories_begin(),
3146 CatEnd = IFace->visible_categories_end();
3147 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003148 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00003149 LookupVisibleDecls(*Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003150 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003151 }
3152
3153 // Traverse protocols.
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00003154 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator
3155 I = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
3156 E = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003157 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003158 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003159 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003160 }
3161
3162 // Traverse the superclass.
3163 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3164 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3165 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003166 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003167 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003168
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003169 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3170 // synthesized ivars.
3171 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3172 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003173 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003174 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003175 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003176 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
3177 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = Protocol->protocol_begin(),
3178 E = Protocol->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3179 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003180 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003181 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003182 }
3183 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
3184 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = Category->protocol_begin(),
3185 E = Category->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3186 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003187 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003188 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003189 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003190
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003191 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3192 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3193 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003194 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003195 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003196 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003197 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003198}
3199
3200static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3201 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3202 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3203 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3204 if (!S)
3205 return;
3206
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003207 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3208 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003209 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3210 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003211 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003212 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
3213 for (Scope::decl_iterator D = S->decl_begin(), DEnd = S->decl_end();
3214 D != DEnd; ++D) {
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00003215 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(*D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003216 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003217 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), 0, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003218 Visited.add(ND);
3219 }
3220 }
3221 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003222
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003223 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003224 DeclContext *Entity = 0;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003225 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003226 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3227 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3228 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003229 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003230 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003231
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003232 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003233 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003234 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3235 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3236 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3237 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3238 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003239 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003240 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003241 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003242 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003243 }
3244
3245 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3246 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3247 // outer scope.
3248 break;
3249 }
3250
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003251 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3252 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003253
3254 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003255 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003256 }
3257 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3258 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3259 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3260 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3261 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3262 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3263 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003264 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003265 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003266 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003267 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003268 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003269 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003270 }
3271
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003272 if (Entity) {
3273 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3274 // directives.
3275 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
3276 llvm::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity);
3277 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
3278 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UI->getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003279 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003280 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003281 }
3282
3283 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3284 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3285 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3286}
3287
3288void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003289 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3290 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003291 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3292 // unqualified name lookup.
3293 Scope *Initial = S;
3294 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003295 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003296 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3297 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3298 S = S->getParent();
3299
3300 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3301 }
3302 UDirs.done();
3303
3304 // Look for visible declarations.
3305 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003306 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003307 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003308 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3309 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003310 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3311 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3312}
3313
3314void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003315 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3316 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003317 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003318 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003319 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003320 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3321 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003322 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003323 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003324 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003325}
3326
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003327/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003328/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3329/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3330/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003331LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003332 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003333 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003334 NamedDecl *Res = 0;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003335
3336 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3337 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3338 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3339 Scope *S = CurScope;
3340 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3341 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3342 }
3343
3344 // Not a GNU local label.
3345 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3346 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3347 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003348 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
3349 Res = 0;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003350 if (Res == 0) {
3351 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003352 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3353 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003354 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3355 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003356 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003357 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3358}
3359
3360//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003361// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003362//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003363
3364namespace {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003365
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00003366typedef SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 1> TypoResultList;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003367typedef llvm::StringMap<TypoResultList, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator> TypoResultsMap;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00003368typedef std::map<unsigned, TypoResultsMap> TypoEditDistanceMap;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003369
3370static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3371
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003372class TypoCorrectionConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
3373 /// \brief The name written that is a typo in the source.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003374 StringRef Typo;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003375
3376 /// \brief The results found that have the smallest edit distance
3377 /// found (so far) with the typo name.
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00003378 ///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003379 /// The pointer value being set to the current DeclContext indicates
3380 /// whether there is a keyword with this name.
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003381 TypoEditDistanceMap CorrectionResults;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003382
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003383 Sema &SemaRef;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003384
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003385public:
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003386 explicit TypoCorrectionConsumer(Sema &SemaRef, IdentifierInfo *Typo)
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003387 : Typo(Typo->getName()),
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003388 SemaRef(SemaRef) {}
3389
3390 bool includeHiddenDecls() const { return true; }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003391
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003392 virtual void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
3393 bool InBaseClass);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003394 void FoundName(StringRef Name);
3395 void addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003396 void addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL,
3397 bool isKeyword = false);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003398 void addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003399
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003400 typedef TypoResultsMap::iterator result_iterator;
3401 typedef TypoEditDistanceMap::iterator distance_iterator;
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003402 distance_iterator begin() { return CorrectionResults.begin(); }
3403 distance_iterator end() { return CorrectionResults.end(); }
3404 void erase(distance_iterator I) { CorrectionResults.erase(I); }
3405 unsigned size() const { return CorrectionResults.size(); }
3406 bool empty() const { return CorrectionResults.empty(); }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003407
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003408 TypoResultList &operator[](StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003409 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second[Name];
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00003410 }
3411
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003412 unsigned getBestEditDistance(bool Normalized) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003413 if (CorrectionResults.empty())
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003414 return (std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max)();
3415
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003416 unsigned BestED = CorrectionResults.begin()->first;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003417 return Normalized ? TypoCorrection::NormalizeEditDistance(BestED) : BestED;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003418 }
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003419
3420 TypoResultsMap &getBestResults() {
3421 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second;
3422 }
3423
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003424};
3425
3426}
3427
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003428void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003429 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003430 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3431 if (Hiding)
3432 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003433
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003434 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3435 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3436 // etc.).
3437 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3438 if (!Name)
3439 return;
3440
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003441 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3442 // names that exactly match.
3443 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name->getName() != Typo &&
3444 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3445 return;
3446
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003447 FoundName(Name->getName());
3448}
3449
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003450void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003451 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3452 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
3453 addName(Name, NULL);
3454}
3455
3456void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3457 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3458 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
3459 addName(Keyword, NULL, NULL, true);
3460}
3461
3462void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3463 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003464 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3465 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
3466 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)Typo.size());
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00003467 if (MinED && Typo.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003468 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003469
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003470 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3471 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003472 unsigned UpperBound = (Typo.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3473 unsigned ED = Typo.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
3474 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003475
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003476 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003477 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
3478 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003479}
3480
3481void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003482 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003483 TypoResultList &CList =
3484 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003485
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003486 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3487 CList.pop_back();
3488 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3489 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3490 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3491 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3492 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3493 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3494 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3495 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3496 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3497 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3498 *RI = Correction;
3499 return;
3500 }
3501 }
3502 }
3503 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3504 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003505
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003506 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
3507 erase(llvm::prior(CorrectionResults.end()));
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003508}
3509
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003510// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3511// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3512// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3513static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3514 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3515 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3516 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3517 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3518 else
3519 Identifiers.clear();
3520
3521 const IdentifierInfo *II = NULL;
3522
3523 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3524 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3525 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3526 break;
3527
3528 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3529 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3530 return;
3531 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3532 break;
3533
3534 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3535 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3536 break;
3537
3538 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3539 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3540 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3541 break;
3542
3543 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3544 return;
3545 }
3546
3547 if (II)
3548 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3549}
3550
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003551namespace {
3552
3553class SpecifierInfo {
3554 public:
3555 DeclContext* DeclCtx;
3556 NestedNameSpecifier* NameSpecifier;
3557 unsigned EditDistance;
3558
3559 SpecifierInfo(DeclContext *Ctx, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, unsigned ED)
3560 : DeclCtx(Ctx), NameSpecifier(NNS), EditDistance(ED) {}
3561};
3562
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003563typedef SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> DeclContextList;
3564typedef SmallVector<SpecifierInfo, 16> SpecifierInfoList;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003565
3566class NamespaceSpecifierSet {
3567 ASTContext &Context;
3568 DeclContextList CurContextChain;
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003569 std::string CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003570 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurContextIdentifiers;
3571 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003572 bool isSorted;
3573
3574 SpecifierInfoList Specifiers;
3575 llvm::SmallSetVector<unsigned, 4> Distances;
3576 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SpecifierInfoList> DistanceMap;
3577
3578 /// \brief Helper for building the list of DeclContexts between the current
3579 /// context and the top of the translation unit
3580 static DeclContextList BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start);
3581
3582 void SortNamespaces();
3583
3584 public:
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003585 NamespaceSpecifierSet(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext,
3586 CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramerde1d6232011-07-05 09:46:31 +00003587 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(BuildContextChain(CurContext)),
Kaelyn Uhrain52dd02d2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003588 isSorted(false) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003589 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3590 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : 0) {
3591 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3592 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3593
3594 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3595 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003596 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
Benjamin Kramer474261a2012-06-02 10:20:41 +00003597 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003598 // context.
3599 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3600 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3601 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3602 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3603 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3604 }
Kaelyn Uhrain52dd02d2013-06-24 17:49:03 +00003605
3606 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
3607 Distances.insert(1);
3608 DistanceMap[1].push_back(
3609 SpecifierInfo(cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3610 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1));
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00003611 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003612
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003613 /// \brief Add the DeclContext (a namespace or record) to the set, computing
3614 /// the corresponding NestedNameSpecifier and its distance in the process.
3615 void AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003616
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003617 typedef SpecifierInfoList::iterator iterator;
3618 iterator begin() {
3619 if (!isSorted) SortNamespaces();
3620 return Specifiers.begin();
3621 }
3622 iterator end() { return Specifiers.end(); }
3623};
3624
3625}
3626
3627DeclContextList NamespaceSpecifierSet::BuildContextChain(DeclContext *Start) {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003628 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003629 DeclContextList Chain;
3630 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != NULL;
3631 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3632 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3633 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3634 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3635 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3636 }
3637 return Chain;
3638}
3639
3640void NamespaceSpecifierSet::SortNamespaces() {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003641 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> sortedDistances;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003642 sortedDistances.append(Distances.begin(), Distances.end());
3643
3644 if (sortedDistances.size() > 1)
3645 std::sort(sortedDistances.begin(), sortedDistances.end());
3646
3647 Specifiers.clear();
Craig Topper2341c0d2013-07-04 03:08:24 +00003648 for (SmallVectorImpl<unsigned>::iterator DI = sortedDistances.begin(),
3649 DIEnd = sortedDistances.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003650 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
3651 SpecifierInfoList &SpecList = DistanceMap[*DI];
3652 Specifiers.append(SpecList.begin(), SpecList.end());
3653 }
3654
3655 isSorted = true;
3656}
3657
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003658static unsigned BuildNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context,
3659 DeclContextList &DeclChain,
3660 NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
3661 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3662 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3663 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3664 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3665 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3666 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3667 ++NumSpecifiers;
3668 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3669 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3670 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3671 ++NumSpecifiers;
3672 }
3673 }
3674 return NumSpecifiers;
3675}
3676
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00003677void NamespaceSpecifierSet::AddNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003678 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NULL;
3679 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3680 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(BuildContextChain(Ctx));
3681 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3682
3683 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3684 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3685 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3686 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3687 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3688 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3689 }
3690
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003691 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
3692 NumSpecifiers = BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
3693
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003694 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3695 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003696 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003697 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003698 NumSpecifiers =
3699 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003700 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3701 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003702 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003703 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3704 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003705 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3706 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003707 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3708 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3709 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3710 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3711 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3712 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3713 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003714 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003715 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3716 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3717 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3718 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3719 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3720 NumSpecifiers =
3721 BuildNestedNameSpecifier(Context, FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003722 }
3723 }
3724
3725 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3726 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3727 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3728 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3729 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3730 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3731 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3732 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
3733 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3734 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
3735 }
3736
3737 isSorted = false;
3738 Distances.insert(NumSpecifiers);
3739 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SpecifierInfo(Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers));
3740}
3741
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003742/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3743static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3744 LookupResult &Res,
3745 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3746 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3747 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3748 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003749 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3750 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003751 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3752 Res.clear();
3753 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003754 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003755 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003756 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003757 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003758 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3759 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3760 Res.resolveKind();
3761 return;
3762 }
3763 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003764
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003765 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3766 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3767 Res.resolveKind();
3768 return;
3769 }
3770 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003771
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003772 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3773 return;
3774 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003775
3776 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003777 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003778
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003779 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3780 // LookupParsedName.
3781 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3782 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003783 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003784 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3785 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003786 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003787 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3788 Res.addDecl(IV);
3789 Res.resolveKind();
3790 }
3791 }
3792 }
3793}
3794
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003795/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3796static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3797 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003798 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3799 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3800 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3801 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
3802 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3803 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
3804 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
3805 return;
3806 }
3807
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003808 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
3809 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003810
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003811 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003812 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003813 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003814 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003815 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003816 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
3817 // storage-specifiers as well
3818 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
3819 };
3820
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003821 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003822 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
3823 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
3824
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003825 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003826 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003827 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003828 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003829 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003830 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
3831
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003832 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003833 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
3834 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
3835 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
3836
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003837 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003838 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
3839 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
3840 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
3841 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
3842 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
3843 }
3844 }
3845
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003846 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003847 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
3848 }
3849
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003850 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003851 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
3852 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
3853 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
3854 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
3855 }
3856
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003857 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003858 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003859 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003860 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
3861 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
3862 }
3863
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003864 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003865 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003866 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
3867 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003868 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003869 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
3870 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
3871
3872 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
3873 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
3874 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
3875
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003876 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003877 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
3878 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
3879 }
3880 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00003881
3882 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
3883 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
3884 // is present.
3885 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
3886 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003887 }
3888
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003889 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003890 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
3891 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003892 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003893 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003894 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003895 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
3896 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
3897
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003898 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003899 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
3900 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
3901 }
3902
3903 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
3904 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
3905
3906 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
3907 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
3908
3909 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
3910 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
3911 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
3912 }
3913 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003914 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003915 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
3916 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3917 }
3918
3919 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
3920 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
3921 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
3922 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
3923 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
3924 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
3925 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
3926 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
3927 }
3928 }
3929
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003930 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003931 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
3932
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003933 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003934 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
3935 }
3936 }
3937}
3938
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003939static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3940 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3941 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3942 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3943}
3944
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003945/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3946/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3947/// a module' correction.
3948static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC,
3949 DeclarationName TypoName) {
3950 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3951 return;
3952
3953 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3954
3955 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3956 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3957 break;
3958 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3959 if (DI == DE)
3960 return;
3961
3962 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3963 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3964
3965 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3966 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3967 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3968 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3969
3970 if (VisibleDecl) {
3971 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3972 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3973 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3974 NewDecls.clear();
3975 }
3976 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3977 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3978 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3979 }
3980
3981 if (NewDecls.empty())
3982 TC = TypoCorrection();
3983 else {
3984 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3985 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3986 }
3987}
3988
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003989/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
3990/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
3991/// present in the source code.
3992///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003993/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
3994/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
3995///
3996/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003997///
3998/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
3999///
4000/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4001/// looking for, if present.
4002///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004003/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4004/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4005/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4006///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004007/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4008/// a member access expression.
4009///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004010/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004011/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4012///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004013/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4014/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4015///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004016/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4017/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4018/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4019/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4020TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4021 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4022 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004023 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004024 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4025 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004026 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4027 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004028 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4029 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4030 if (ExternalSource) {
4031 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
4032 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
4033 return Correction;
4034 }
4035
Richard Smith1fff95c2013-09-12 23:28:08 +00004036 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4037 DisableTypoCorrection)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004038 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004039
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004040 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4041 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4042 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
Alp Tokerbfa39342014-01-14 12:51:41 +00004043 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004044 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4045 return TypoCorrection();
4046
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004047 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004048 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004049 if (!Typo)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004050 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004051
4052 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4053 // typos.
4054 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004055 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004056
4057 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4058 // instantiation.
4059 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004060 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004061
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e56dd42013-03-14 22:56:43 +00004062 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4063 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4064 return TypoCorrection();
4065
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004066 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4067 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4068 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
Aaron Ballman7fc6e1b2013-10-05 19:56:07 +00004069 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004070 return TypoCorrection();
4071
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004072 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4073 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4074 // remove this workaround.
4075 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4076 return TypoCorrection();
4077
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004078 NamespaceSpecifierSet Namespaces(Context, CurContext, SS);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004079
4080 TypoCorrectionConsumer Consumer(*this, Typo);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004081
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004082 // If a callback object considers an empty typo correction candidate to be
4083 // viable, assume it does not do any actual validation of the candidates.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004084 TypoCorrection EmptyCorrection;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004085 bool ValidatingCallback = !isCandidateViable(CCC, EmptyCorrection);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004086
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004087 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004088 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004089 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004090 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004091 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004092
4093 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4094 if (OPT) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004095 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator
4096 I = OPT->qual_begin(), E = OPT->qual_end();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004097 I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004098 LookupVisibleDecls(*I, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004099 }
4100 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004101 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4102 if (!QualifiedDC)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004103 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004104
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004105 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4106 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4107 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4108 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004109 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004110 ++TyposCorrected;
4111
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004112 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004113 } else {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004114 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
4115 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap::iterator Cached
4116 = UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.find(Typo);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004117 if (Cached != UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
4118 // Add the cached value, unless it's a keyword or fails validation. In the
4119 // keyword case, we'll end up adding the keyword below.
4120 if (Cached->second) {
4121 if (!Cached->second.isKeyword() &&
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004122 isCandidateViable(CCC, Cached->second)) {
4123 // Do not use correction that is unaccessible in the given scope.
Serge Pavlove8ae13f2013-10-15 14:24:32 +00004124 NamedDecl *CorrectionDecl = Cached->second.getCorrectionDecl();
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004125 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(CorrectionDecl->getDeclName(),
4126 CorrectionDecl->getLocation());
4127 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
4128 if (LookupName(R, S))
4129 Consumer.addCorrection(Cached->second);
4130 }
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004131 } else {
4132 // Only honor no-correction cache hits when a callback that will validate
4133 // correction candidates is not being used.
4134 if (!ValidatingCallback)
4135 return TypoCorrection();
4136 }
4137 }
4138 if (Cached == UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004139 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4140 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4141 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4142 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004143 return TypoCorrection();
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004144 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004145 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004146
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004147 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4148 // corrections.
4149 bool SearchNamespaces
Kaelyn Uhrainf4657d52012-04-03 18:20:11 +00004150 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004151 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004152 // In a few cases we *only* want to search for corrections based on just
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004153 // adding or changing the nested name specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004154 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4155 bool AllowOnlyNNSChanges = TypoLen < 3;
4156
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004157 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004158 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4159 // seen in this translation unit.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004160 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004161 for (IdentifierTable::iterator I = Context.Idents.begin(),
4162 IEnd = Context.Idents.end();
4163 I != IEnd; ++I)
4164 Consumer.FoundName(I->getKey());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004165
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004166 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004167 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004168 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4169 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
Dylan Noblesmithe2778992012-02-05 02:12:40 +00004170 OwningPtr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004171 do {
4172 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4173 if (Name.empty())
4174 break;
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004175
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004176 Consumer.FoundName(Name);
4177 } while (true);
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004178 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004179 }
4180
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004181 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, Consumer, S, CCC, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004182
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004183 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004184 if (Consumer.empty())
4185 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4186 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004187
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004188 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4189 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004190 unsigned ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004191 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004192 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4193 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004194
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004195 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4196 // to search those namespaces.
4197 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004198 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4199 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004200 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004201 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4202 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4203 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExternalKnownNamespaces.size(); I != N; ++I)
4204 KnownNamespaces[ExternalKnownNamespaces[I]] = true;
4205 }
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004206
4207 for (llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool>::iterator
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004208 KNI = KnownNamespaces.begin(),
4209 KNIEnd = KnownNamespaces.end();
4210 KNI != KNIEnd; ++KNI)
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004211 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(KNI->first);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004212
Kaelyn Uhrain0e353552014-02-09 21:47:04 +00004213 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
4214 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4215 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : 0) {
4216 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
4217 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
4218 }
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004219 for (ASTContext::type_iterator TI = Context.types_begin(),
4220 TIEnd = Context.types_end();
4221 TI != TIEnd; ++TI) {
4222 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = (*TI)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004223 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004224 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Kaelyn Uhrain21a66172014-02-05 18:57:51 +00004225 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
Kaelyn Uhrain0e353552014-02-09 21:47:04 +00004226 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
Kaelyn Uhrain5315a462013-10-19 00:04:49 +00004227 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
4228 Namespaces.AddNameSpecifier(CD);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004229 }
4230 }
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004231 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004232
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004233 // Weed out any names that could not be found by name lookup or, if a
4234 // CorrectionCandidateCallback object was provided, failed validation.
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004235 SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 16> QualifiedResults;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004236 LookupResult TmpRes(*this, TypoName, LookupKind);
4237 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
4238 while (!Consumer.empty()) {
4239 TypoCorrectionConsumer::distance_iterator DI = Consumer.begin();
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004240 for (TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator I = DI->second.begin(),
4241 IEnd = DI->second.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004242 I != IEnd; /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004243 // If we only want nested name specifier corrections, ignore potential
4244 // corrections that have a different base identifier from the typo.
4245 if (AllowOnlyNNSChanges &&
4246 I->second.front().getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo) {
4247 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
4248 ++I;
4249 DI->second.erase(Prev);
4250 continue;
4251 }
4252
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004253 // If the item already has been looked up or is a keyword, keep it.
4254 // If a validator callback object was given, drop the correction
4255 // unless it passes validation.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004256 bool Viable = false;
Benjamin Kramera2dcac12012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004257 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = I->second.begin();
4258 RI != I->second.end(); /* Increment in loop. */) {
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004259 TypoResultList::iterator Prev = RI;
4260 ++RI;
4261 if (Prev->isResolved()) {
4262 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, *Prev))
Benjamin Kramera2dcac12012-07-27 10:21:08 +00004263 RI = I->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004264 else
4265 Viable = true;
4266 }
4267 }
4268 if (Viable || I->second.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004269 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004270 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004271 if (!Viable)
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004272 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004273 continue;
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004274 }
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004275 assert(I->second.size() == 1 && "Expected a single unresolved candidate");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004276
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004277 // Perform name lookup on this name.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004278 TypoCorrection &Candidate = I->second.front();
4279 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Uhrain10413a42013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004280 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
4281 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS;
4282retry_lookup:
4283 LookupPotentialTypoResult(*this, TmpRes, Name, S, TempSS,
4284 TempMemberContext, EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004285 CCC.IsObjCIvarLookup,
4286 Name == TypoName.getName() &&
4287 !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004288
4289 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
4290 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4291 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
Kaelyn Uhrain5a43b462011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004292 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Kaelyn Uhrain10413a42013-07-02 23:47:44 +00004293 if (TempSS) {
4294 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
4295 TempSS = NULL;
4296 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
4297 goto retry_lookup;
4298 }
4299 if (TempMemberContext) {
4300 if (SS && !TempSS)
4301 TempSS = SS;
4302 TempMemberContext = NULL;
4303 goto retry_lookup;
4304 }
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004305 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004306 // We didn't find this name in our scope, or didn't like what we found;
4307 // ignore it.
4308 {
4309 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Next = I;
4310 ++Next;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004311 DI->second.erase(I);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004312 I = Next;
4313 }
4314 break;
4315
4316 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4317 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004318 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004319
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004320 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004321 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004322 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4323 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4324 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
4325 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD)
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004326 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004327 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004328 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4329 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004330 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004331 }
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004332 break;
4333 }
4334
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004335 case LookupResult::Found: {
4336 TypoCorrectionConsumer::result_iterator Prev = I;
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004337 Candidate.setCorrectionDecl(TmpRes.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004338 ++I;
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004339 if (!isCandidateViable(CCC, Candidate)) {
4340 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004341 DI->second.erase(Prev);
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004342 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004343 break;
4344 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004345
4346 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004347 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004348
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004349 if (DI->second.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004350 Consumer.erase(DI);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004351 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || QualifiedResults.empty() || !DI->first)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004352 // If there are results in the closest possible bucket, stop
4353 break;
4354
4355 // Only perform the qualified lookups for C++
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004356 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004357 TmpRes.suppressDiagnostics();
Dmitri Gribenkof8579502013-01-12 19:30:44 +00004358 for (SmallVector<TypoCorrection,
4359 16>::iterator QRI = QualifiedResults.begin(),
4360 QRIEnd = QualifiedResults.end();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004361 QRI != QRIEnd; ++QRI) {
4362 for (NamespaceSpecifierSet::iterator NI = Namespaces.begin(),
4363 NIEnd = Namespaces.end();
4364 NI != NIEnd; ++NI) {
4365 DeclContext *Ctx = NI->DeclCtx;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004366 const Type *NSType = NI->NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4367
4368 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4369 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4370 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4371 // is an appropriate correction.
4372 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl =
4373 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
4374 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4375 continue;
4376 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004377
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004378 TypoCorrection TC(*QRI);
4379 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4380 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NI->NameSpecifier);
4381 TC.setQualifierDistance(NI->EditDistance);
4382 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4383
4384 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4385 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4386 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4387 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4388 if (QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo &&
4389 TmpED && TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4390 continue;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004391
4392 TmpRes.clear();
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004393 TmpRes.setLookupName(QRI->getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004394 if (!LookupQualifiedName(TmpRes, Ctx)) continue;
4395
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004396 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4397 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004398 switch (TmpRes.getResultKind()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainb18b0c02013-07-02 23:47:35 +00004399 case LookupResult::Found:
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004400 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004401 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4402 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4403 std::string OldQualified;
4404 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4405 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, getPrintingPolicy());
4406 OldOStream << TypoName;
4407 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4408 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4409 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4410 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4411 break;
4412 }
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004413 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = TmpRes.begin(),
4414 TRDEnd = TmpRes.end();
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004415 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4416 if (CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4417 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0,
Eli Friedman3be1a1c2013-10-01 02:44:48 +00004418 TRD.getPair()) == AR_accessible)
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004419 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4420 }
4421 if (TC.isResolved())
4422 Consumer.addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004423 break;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004424 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004425 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4426 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4427 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
Kaelyn Uhrain5a43b462011-09-07 20:25:59 +00004428 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004429 break;
4430 }
4431 }
4432 }
4433 }
4434
4435 QualifiedResults.clear();
4436 }
4437
4438 // No corrections remain...
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004439 if (Consumer.empty())
4440 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004441
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00004442 TypoResultsMap &BestResults = Consumer.getBestResults();
4443 ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004444
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004445 if (!AllowOnlyNNSChanges && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004446 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4447 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4448 // that no correction was found.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004449 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4450 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004451 }
4452
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004453 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004454 if (BestResults.size() == 1) {
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004455 const TypoResultList &CorrectionList = BestResults.begin()->second;
4456 const TypoCorrection &Result = CorrectionList.front();
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004457 if (CorrectionList.size() != 1)
4458 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004459
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004460 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4461 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004462 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4463 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004464
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004465 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4466 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
4467 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = Result;
4468
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004469 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4470 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004471 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC, TypoName.getName());
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004472 return TC;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004473 }
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004474 else if (BestResults.size() > 1
4475 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4476 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4477 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4478 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004479 && CCC.WantObjCSuper && !CCC.WantRemainingKeywords
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004480 && BestResults["super"].front().isKeyword()) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004481 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4482 // context.
4483
4484 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4485 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004486 if (ED == 0)
4487 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004488
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004489 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4490 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00004491 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = BestResults["super"].front();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004492
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004493 TypoCorrection TC = BestResults["super"].front();
4494 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4495 return TC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004496 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004497
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004498 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did
4499 // not filter out possible corrections, note that no correction was found.
4500 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback)
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004501 (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
4502
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004503 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004504}
4505
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004506void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4507 if (!CDecl) return;
4508
4509 if (isKeyword())
4510 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4511
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004512 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004513
4514 if (!CorrectionName)
4515 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4516}
4517
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004518std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4519 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4520 std::string tmpBuffer;
4521 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4522 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004523 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004524 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004525 }
4526
4527 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004528}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004529
4530bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4531 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4532 return true;
4533
4534 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4535 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4536 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4537
4538 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4539 CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4540 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4541 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(*CDecl))
4542 return true;
4543 }
4544
4545 return WantTypeSpecifiers;
4546}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004547
4548FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
4549 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4550 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs) {
4551 WantTypeSpecifiers = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4552 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4553}
4554
4555bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4556 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4557 return candidate.isKeyword();
4558
4559 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator DI = candidate.begin(),
4560 DIEnd = candidate.end();
4561 DI != DIEnd; ++DI) {
4562 FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
4563 NamedDecl *ND = (*DI)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4564 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4565 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4566 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4567 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4568 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4569 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4570 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4571 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4572 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4573 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4574 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004575 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004576 return true;
4577 }
4578 }
4579 if (FD && FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4580 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs)
4581 return true;
4582 }
4583 return false;
4584}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004585
4586void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4587 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4588 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4589 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4590 ErrorRecovery);
4591}
4592
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004593/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4594/// the given declaration.
4595static const NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(const NamedDecl *D) {
4596 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
4597 return VD->getDefinition();
4598 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
4599 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? FD : 0;
4600 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
4601 return TD->getDefinition();
4602 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
4603 return ID->getDefinition();
4604 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
4605 return PD->getDefinition();
4606 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
4607 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
4608 return 0;
4609}
4610
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004611/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4612/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4613///
4614/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4615/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4616/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4617/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4618/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4619/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4620/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4621/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4622/// to it.
4623void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4624 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4625 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4626 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4627 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4628 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4629 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4630 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4631
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004632 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4633 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4634 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4635 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4636
4637 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4638 // possible.
4639 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4640 if (!Def)
4641 Def = Decl;
4642 Module *Owner = Def->getOwningModule();
4643 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4644
4645 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4646 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4647 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4648 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4649
4650 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
4651 if (!isSFINAEContext() && ErrorRecovery)
4652 createImplicitModuleImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4653 Owner);
4654 return;
4655 }
4656
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004657 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4658 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4659
4660 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
4661 Correction.isKeyword() ? 0 : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4662 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4663 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4664 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4665}